1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H) */
64 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
65 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
68 #include "character.h"
71 #include "dispextern.h"
73 #include "termhooks.h"
76 #include "emacs-icon.h"
81 #include "intervals.h"
87 #include "xsettings.h"
89 #include "sysselect.h"
92 #include <X11/Shell.h>
95 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
107 extern int xlwmenu_window_p (Widget w
, Window window
);
108 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay (Widget
);
111 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
113 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame
*);
117 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
153 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
157 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
162 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
164 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
166 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 static int any_help_event_p
;
171 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
172 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
174 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
176 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
178 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
180 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
182 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
185 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
187 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
188 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
189 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
190 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
192 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
194 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
195 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
196 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
197 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
199 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
201 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
203 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
210 } pending_event_wait
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
282 static Time last_user_time
;
284 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
288 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
290 static int input_signal_count
;
293 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
295 static int x_noop_count
;
297 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
299 extern char **initial_argv
;
300 extern int initial_argc
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
304 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
306 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
308 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
324 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
325 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
327 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
328 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
331 /* Used in x_flush. */
333 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
335 extern XrmDatabase
x_load_resources (Display
*, char *, char *, char *);
336 extern int x_bitmap_mask (FRAME_PTR
, int);
338 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
339 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
340 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
341 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
343 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
344 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
345 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
346 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
347 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
348 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
349 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
350 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
351 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
352 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
353 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
354 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
355 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
356 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
357 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
358 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
359 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
360 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
361 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
362 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
364 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
365 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
366 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
367 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
368 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
369 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
370 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
371 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
372 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
374 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
375 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
376 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
377 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
378 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
379 int *, struct input_event
*);
380 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
381 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
382 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, char *);
385 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
388 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
390 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
391 connection may be broken. */
392 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
398 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
399 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
400 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
401 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
403 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
404 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
409 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
410 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
411 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
412 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
413 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
416 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
419 /***********************************************************************
421 ***********************************************************************/
425 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
426 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
434 struct record event_record
[100];
436 int event_record_index
;
438 record_event (locus
, type
)
442 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
443 event_record_index
= 0;
445 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
446 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
447 event_record_index
++;
454 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
456 struct x_display_info
*
457 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
459 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
461 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
462 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
468 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
469 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
472 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
475 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
476 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
478 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
481 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
482 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
483 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
484 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
486 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
491 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
492 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
493 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
494 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
498 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
500 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
503 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
505 /* return unless necessary */
510 unsigned long n
, left
;
512 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
513 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
514 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
515 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
518 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
519 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
521 XFree ((void *) data
);
526 XFree ((void *) data
);
530 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
531 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
532 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
533 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
538 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
540 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
544 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
546 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
550 /***********************************************************************
551 Starting and ending an update
552 ***********************************************************************/
554 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
555 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
556 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
557 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
558 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
561 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
567 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
568 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
572 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
574 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
575 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
578 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
582 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
584 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
585 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
587 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
589 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
590 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
597 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
600 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
602 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
605 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
607 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
610 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
611 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
614 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
616 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
617 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
619 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
620 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
621 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
623 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
624 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
628 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
630 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
632 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
637 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
639 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
641 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
642 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
647 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
648 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
649 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
651 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
652 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
653 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
656 updated_window
= NULL
;
660 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
664 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
666 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
667 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
671 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
677 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
678 complete update has been performed. The global variable
679 updated_window is not available here. */
682 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
688 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
689 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
692 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
693 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
694 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
695 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
696 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
703 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
704 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
705 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
706 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
707 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
708 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
711 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
713 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
719 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
720 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
722 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
723 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
724 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
725 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
726 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
727 overhead is very small. */
728 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
729 && desired_row
->full_width_p
730 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
731 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
733 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
736 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
739 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
740 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
741 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
742 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
743 y
, width
, height
, False
);
749 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
751 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
752 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
753 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
754 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
755 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
757 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
758 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
762 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
764 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
765 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
766 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
767 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
769 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
771 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
773 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
774 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
775 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
776 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
777 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
778 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
779 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
780 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
782 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
786 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
787 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
788 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
792 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
793 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
794 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
795 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
799 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
801 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
802 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
804 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
809 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
811 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
812 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
814 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
815 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
820 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
821 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
824 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
830 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
831 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
835 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
837 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
839 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
841 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
843 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
844 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
846 face
->background
, depth
);
850 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
851 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
854 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
855 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
856 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
857 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
860 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
861 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
862 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
866 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
867 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
868 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
872 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
877 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
878 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
879 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
883 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
887 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
888 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
891 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
896 /***********************************************************************
898 ***********************************************************************/
902 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
903 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
904 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
906 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
907 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
911 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
912 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
913 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
915 unsigned long *, double, int);
916 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
917 double, int, unsigned long);
918 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
919 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
920 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
921 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
922 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
923 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
925 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
926 int, int, int, int, int, int,
928 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
929 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
932 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
936 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
940 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
942 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
943 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
944 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
946 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
949 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
953 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
954 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
956 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
957 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
958 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
959 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
960 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
961 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
962 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
964 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
965 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
966 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
968 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
969 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
972 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
973 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
974 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
976 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
977 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
980 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
981 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
983 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
988 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
991 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
996 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
997 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
998 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1000 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1002 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1003 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1005 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1006 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1007 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1009 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1010 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1013 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1018 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1020 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1021 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1023 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1024 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1027 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1028 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1030 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1033 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1037 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1038 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1039 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1042 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1044 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1048 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1049 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1053 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1055 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1057 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1059 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1060 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1062 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1064 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1065 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1067 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1069 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1072 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1074 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1075 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1077 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1078 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1080 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1081 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1085 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1086 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1089 /* GC must have been set. */
1090 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1094 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1095 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1098 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1100 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1101 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1104 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1109 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1110 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1114 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1119 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1121 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1124 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1129 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1132 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1135 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1136 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1138 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1140 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1142 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1143 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1146 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1147 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1148 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1152 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1154 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1156 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1157 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1158 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1162 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1163 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1168 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1171 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1174 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1175 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1176 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1177 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1181 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1182 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1183 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1184 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1185 contains the first component of a composition. */
1188 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1190 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1191 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1192 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1194 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1198 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1199 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1200 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1201 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1202 s
->background_width
,
1203 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1204 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1205 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1207 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1208 || s
->font_not_found_p
1209 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1212 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1213 s
->background_width
,
1214 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1215 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1221 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1224 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1228 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1229 of S to the right of that box line. */
1230 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1231 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1232 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1236 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1238 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1240 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1242 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1243 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1244 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1246 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1251 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1252 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1255 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1256 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1258 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1260 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1261 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1263 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1264 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1265 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1269 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1272 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1275 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1277 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1278 of S to the right of that box line. */
1279 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1280 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1281 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1285 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1286 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1287 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1288 this composition. */
1290 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1291 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1292 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1294 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1295 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1296 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1298 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1302 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1303 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1305 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1306 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1315 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1320 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1322 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1323 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1324 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1327 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1331 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1332 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1333 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1336 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1337 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1338 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1339 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1340 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1341 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1349 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1350 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1351 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1357 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1359 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1360 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1361 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1362 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1363 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1366 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1367 cannot be determined. */
1369 static struct frame
*
1370 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1373 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1377 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1379 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1380 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1381 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1382 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1383 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1384 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1386 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1387 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1388 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1389 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1390 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1392 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1393 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1394 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1401 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1402 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1403 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1404 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1407 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1412 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1413 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1417 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1418 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1419 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1420 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1421 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1422 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1425 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1429 unsigned long *pixel
;
1433 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1434 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1438 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1439 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1441 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1443 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1445 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1450 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1451 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1453 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1456 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1458 DPY is the display we are working on.
1460 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1461 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1462 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1463 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1465 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1466 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1468 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1469 we allocated the color or not.
1471 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1474 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1478 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1479 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1489 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1490 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1492 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1496 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1497 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1498 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1500 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1502 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1503 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1505 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1507 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1508 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1510 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1511 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1513 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1514 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1519 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1521 params
[0] = color_name
;
1522 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1523 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1524 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1529 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1531 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1533 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1537 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1541 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1542 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1545 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1550 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1551 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1552 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1554 APP is the application context in which we work.
1556 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1557 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1558 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1560 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1563 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1572 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1574 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1577 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1579 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1580 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1581 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1582 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1583 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1588 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1591 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1592 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1593 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1594 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1596 static const XColor
*
1597 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1599 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1601 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1603 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1606 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1607 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1608 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1609 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1610 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1612 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1613 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1615 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1616 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1619 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1620 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1624 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1625 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1628 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1630 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1632 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1635 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1637 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1638 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1639 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1640 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1644 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1648 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1649 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1652 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1654 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1658 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1659 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1660 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1664 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1668 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1671 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1672 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1673 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1674 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1676 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1678 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1680 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1682 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1683 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1684 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1685 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1687 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1690 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1694 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1695 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1696 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1697 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1701 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1702 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1703 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1704 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1705 XColor
*cached_color
;
1707 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1708 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1709 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1710 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1711 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1713 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1714 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1715 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1719 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1721 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1722 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1728 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1729 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1730 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1734 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1736 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1737 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1741 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1742 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1743 get color reference counts right. */
1746 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1750 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1752 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1753 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1756 register_color (pixel
);
1762 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1763 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1764 get color reference counts right. */
1767 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1771 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1773 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1774 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1776 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1777 register_color (pixel
);
1783 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1786 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1787 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1788 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1789 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1790 use an additional additive factor.
1792 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1793 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1794 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1797 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1798 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1799 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1800 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1801 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1802 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1805 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1811 /* Get RGB color values. */
1812 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1813 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1815 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1816 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1817 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1818 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1819 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1821 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1822 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1824 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1825 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1826 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1827 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1828 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1830 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1831 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1832 /* The additive adjustment. */
1833 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1837 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1838 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1839 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1843 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1844 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1845 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1849 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1850 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1853 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1855 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1856 delta to the RGB values. */
1857 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1859 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1860 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1861 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1862 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1873 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1874 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1875 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1876 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1877 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1878 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1881 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1884 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1885 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1886 unsigned long pixel
;
1887 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1888 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1889 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1890 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1892 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1893 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1895 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1896 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1897 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1899 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1901 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1902 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1905 /* Allocate new color. */
1906 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1908 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1909 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1911 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1912 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1915 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1917 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1919 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1922 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1926 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1929 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1931 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1932 unsigned long color
;
1934 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1935 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1936 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1938 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1939 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1944 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1945 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1946 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1949 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1950 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1952 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1953 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1954 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1955 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1956 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1961 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1962 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1963 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1964 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1965 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1966 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1970 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1971 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1972 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1973 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1975 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1976 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1981 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1983 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1984 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1988 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1989 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1990 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1991 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1995 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1996 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1997 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
1999 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2001 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2003 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2004 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2008 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2009 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2010 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2011 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2015 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2016 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2017 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2019 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2023 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2024 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2025 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2026 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2027 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2028 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2031 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2032 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2033 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2037 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2038 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2039 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2042 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2043 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2047 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2048 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2051 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2052 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2056 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2057 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2059 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2060 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2064 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2067 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2069 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2070 int left_p
, right_p
;
2071 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2072 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2074 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2075 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2076 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2078 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2079 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2081 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2083 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2084 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2086 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2088 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2090 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2092 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2093 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2095 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2096 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2097 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2099 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2101 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2103 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2104 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2105 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2108 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2109 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2110 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2115 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2118 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2121 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2123 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2124 right of that line. */
2125 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2126 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2128 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2130 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2132 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2133 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2134 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2135 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2141 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2142 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2143 trust on the shape extension to be available
2144 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2146 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2149 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2151 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2152 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2153 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2154 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2155 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2157 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2160 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2161 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2162 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2163 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2164 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2165 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2169 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2171 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2174 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2175 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2176 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2177 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2178 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2179 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2181 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2182 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2183 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2184 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2185 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2186 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2187 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2189 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2191 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2193 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2194 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2199 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2200 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2201 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2205 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2208 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2210 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2213 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2215 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2216 right of that line. */
2217 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2218 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2220 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2222 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2224 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2225 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2226 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2227 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2229 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2230 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2232 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2233 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2237 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2238 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2241 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2242 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2244 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2245 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2246 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2247 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2249 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2250 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2251 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2253 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2255 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2260 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2263 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2266 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2268 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2269 right of that line. */
2270 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2271 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2273 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2275 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2277 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2278 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2279 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2280 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2286 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2287 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2288 trust on the shape extension to be available
2289 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2291 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2295 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2296 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2297 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2298 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2299 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2301 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2302 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2303 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2304 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2308 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2309 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2310 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2312 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2313 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2314 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2315 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2316 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2317 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2318 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2320 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2322 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2323 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2324 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2329 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2330 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2331 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2335 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2336 give the rectangle to draw. */
2339 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2343 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2344 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2345 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2346 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2349 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2353 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2356 s->x +-------------------------
2359 | +-------------------------
2362 | | +-------------------
2368 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2370 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2371 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2373 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2376 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2377 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2378 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2379 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2381 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2382 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2384 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2385 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2389 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2390 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2394 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2395 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2396 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2397 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2398 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2400 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2401 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2402 s
->background_width
,
2405 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2407 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2409 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2412 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2413 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2414 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2415 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2416 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2417 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2418 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2423 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2425 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2426 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2427 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2428 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2436 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2438 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2440 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2441 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2446 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2449 /* Draw the foreground. */
2452 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2453 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2454 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2455 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2456 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2459 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2461 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2463 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2464 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2465 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2469 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2472 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2474 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2476 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2477 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2479 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2480 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2481 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2482 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2486 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2489 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2492 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2494 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2495 if (width
< background_width
)
2498 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2503 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2504 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2506 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2512 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2513 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2515 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2517 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2518 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2519 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2520 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2525 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2526 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2527 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2528 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2532 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2534 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2535 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2537 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2538 except for header line and mode line. */
2539 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2541 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2544 if (background_width
> 0)
2545 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2548 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2552 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2555 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2557 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2559 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2560 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2561 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2562 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2565 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2567 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2568 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2569 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2570 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2572 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2573 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2574 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2575 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2577 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2578 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2582 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2583 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2585 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2586 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2587 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2588 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2589 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2590 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2593 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2594 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2595 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2596 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2599 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2601 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2602 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2603 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2604 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2605 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2606 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2608 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2610 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2613 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2617 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2621 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2622 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2624 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2625 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2628 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2629 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2630 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2631 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2633 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2634 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2641 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2643 /* Draw underline. */
2644 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2646 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2649 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2651 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2652 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2653 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2657 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2658 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2659 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2662 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2663 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2666 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2667 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2668 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2669 specs, and its default is
2671 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2672 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2674 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2675 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2676 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2678 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2680 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2682 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2684 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2685 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2686 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2687 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2688 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2689 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2690 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2691 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2692 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2699 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2701 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2702 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2707 /* Draw overline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2710 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2712 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw strike-through. */
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2729 unsigned long h
= 1;
2730 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2732 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2740 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2746 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2747 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2752 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2754 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2755 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2756 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2758 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2759 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2760 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2763 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2764 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2765 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2766 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2768 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2769 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2771 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2777 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2779 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2780 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2781 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2783 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2784 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2785 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2788 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2789 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2790 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2791 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2793 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2794 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2796 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2801 /* Reset clipping. */
2802 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2806 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2809 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2811 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2812 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2813 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2817 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2821 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2827 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2828 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2831 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2833 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2834 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2838 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2841 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2843 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2845 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2846 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2847 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2849 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2850 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2852 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2854 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2855 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2856 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2858 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2859 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2860 redisplay, do it here. */
2861 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2864 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2871 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2873 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2874 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2876 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2879 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2880 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2883 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2885 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2886 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2887 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2889 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2890 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2894 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2896 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2897 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2901 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2903 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2904 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2906 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2908 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2912 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2918 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2919 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2920 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2923 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2924 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2925 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2926 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2927 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2928 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2929 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2933 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2934 pixels into background pixels. */
2938 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2939 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2940 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2942 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2943 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2947 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2948 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2949 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2950 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2951 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2952 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2953 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2957 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2958 edge it is next to. */
2959 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2961 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2962 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2965 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2966 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2973 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2975 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2976 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2978 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2980 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2981 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
2982 width
, flash_height
);
2983 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2985 (height
- flash_height
2986 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2987 width
, flash_height
);
2991 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2994 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2999 struct timeval wakeup
;
3001 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3003 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3004 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3005 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3006 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3008 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3010 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3012 struct timeval current
;
3013 struct timeval timeout
;
3015 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3017 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3018 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3021 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3023 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3025 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3026 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3030 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3031 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3033 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3035 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3036 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3037 width
, flash_height
);
3038 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3040 (height
- flash_height
3041 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3042 width
, flash_height
);
3045 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3046 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3047 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3048 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3051 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3052 #undef XFillRectangle
3054 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3063 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3067 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3072 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3073 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3074 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3077 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3078 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3079 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3084 /* Make audible bell. */
3087 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3089 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3091 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3098 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3099 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3106 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3107 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3108 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3109 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3112 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3114 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3119 /***********************************************************************
3121 ***********************************************************************/
3123 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3124 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3127 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3133 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3136 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3138 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3139 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3141 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3142 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3144 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3146 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3147 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3148 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3152 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3153 line at the bottom. */
3154 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3155 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3157 height
= run
->height
;
3161 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3163 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3164 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3166 height
= run
->height
;
3171 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3175 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3176 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3177 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3187 /***********************************************************************
3189 ***********************************************************************/
3193 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3195 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3196 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3197 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3198 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3200 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3201 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3203 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3204 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3208 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3210 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3211 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3212 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3213 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3215 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3216 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3218 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3219 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3222 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3223 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3224 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3225 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3226 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3229 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3231 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3233 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3235 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3236 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3237 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3239 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3240 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3242 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3243 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3245 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3248 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3251 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3252 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3253 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3256 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3258 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3260 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3262 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3263 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3265 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3266 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3267 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3268 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3269 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3271 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3272 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3276 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3279 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3280 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3283 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3285 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3287 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3289 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3290 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3294 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3295 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3297 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3298 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3302 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3303 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3305 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3308 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3310 struct frame
*frame
;
3312 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3316 switch (event
->type
)
3321 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3323 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3325 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3326 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3327 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3328 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3330 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3336 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3337 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3338 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3339 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3343 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3345 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3346 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3347 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3354 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3357 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3359 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3362 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3363 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3364 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3366 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3367 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3368 the appropriate X display info. */
3371 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3373 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3377 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3379 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3381 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3383 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3384 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3385 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3386 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3387 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3389 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3390 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3394 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3396 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3399 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3400 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3401 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3407 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3409 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3411 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3413 int min_code
, max_code
;
3416 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3418 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3419 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3420 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3421 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3422 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3424 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3426 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3427 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3429 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3431 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3432 Alt keysyms are on. */
3434 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3435 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3437 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3439 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3440 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3442 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3444 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3448 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3452 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3454 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3460 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3461 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3466 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3467 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3472 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3473 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3474 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3475 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3480 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3481 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3482 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3483 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3487 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3488 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3489 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3490 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3491 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3500 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3501 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3503 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3504 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3507 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3508 make them just meta, not alt. */
3509 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3511 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3514 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3515 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3518 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3522 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3524 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3525 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3526 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3527 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3530 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3531 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3532 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3533 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3534 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3535 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3536 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3537 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3540 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3541 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3542 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3543 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3544 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3545 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3549 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3551 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3552 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3553 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3554 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3558 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3559 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3560 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3561 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3562 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3563 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3564 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3565 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3568 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3569 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3570 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3571 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3572 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3573 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3576 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3579 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3584 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3592 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3594 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3596 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3600 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3602 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3604 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3605 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3606 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3607 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3609 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3613 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3614 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3615 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3621 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3622 The input handler calls this.
3624 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3625 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3626 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3627 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3629 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3630 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3633 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3635 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3636 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3637 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3639 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3642 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3644 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3645 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3646 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3647 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3652 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3653 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3654 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3655 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3656 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3657 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3659 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3660 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3661 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3662 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3663 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3664 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3672 /************************************************************************
3674 ************************************************************************/
3677 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3679 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3680 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3681 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3682 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3683 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3688 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3689 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3691 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3692 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3693 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3694 position on the scroll bar.
3696 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3697 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3700 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3701 was at this position.
3703 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3705 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3709 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3715 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3716 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3722 Window dummy_window
;
3725 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3727 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3728 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3729 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3730 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3731 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3733 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3735 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3736 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3737 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3739 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3742 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3743 a different screen. */
3746 /* The position on that root window. */
3749 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3752 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3754 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3756 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3757 containing the pointer. */
3761 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3765 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3766 structure is changing at the same time this function
3767 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3769 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3771 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3772 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3774 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3775 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3776 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3778 /* From-window, to-window. */
3779 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3781 /* From-position, to-position. */
3782 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3786 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3792 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3794 /* From-window, to-window. */
3797 /* From-position, to-position. */
3798 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3803 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3806 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3807 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3808 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3809 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3810 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3818 /* Now we know that:
3819 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3820 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3821 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3822 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3823 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3824 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3825 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3826 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3827 never use them in that case.) */
3830 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3831 want the edit window. */
3832 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3834 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3835 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3838 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3839 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3842 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3843 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3845 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3848 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3851 x_uncatch_errors ();
3853 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3856 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3858 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3862 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3868 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3869 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3873 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3874 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3875 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3876 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3877 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3878 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3879 the frame are divided into. */
3881 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3882 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3887 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3888 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3889 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3899 /***********************************************************************
3901 ***********************************************************************/
3903 /* Scroll bar support. */
3905 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3907 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3910 static struct scroll_bar
*
3911 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
3915 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3916 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3917 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3919 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3921 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3923 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3924 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3925 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
3928 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3931 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3933 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3934 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3935 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3936 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3937 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3940 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3941 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
3942 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3943 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3950 #if defined USE_LUCID
3952 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3953 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3956 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3961 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3963 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3965 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3966 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3968 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3976 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3979 /************************************************************************
3981 ************************************************************************/
3983 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3985 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
3986 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
3987 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
3988 struct scroll_bar
*);
3989 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
3993 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3994 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3996 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3998 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4000 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4002 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4003 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4006 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4008 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4010 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4012 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4013 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4014 to avoid jerkyness. */
4016 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4018 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4019 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4020 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4021 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4024 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4027 XtPointer client_data
;
4031 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4037 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4038 end_action
= "Release";
4039 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4040 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4041 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4042 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4045 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4046 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4050 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4051 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4052 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4054 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4056 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4057 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4058 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4060 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4061 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4063 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4064 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4067 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4069 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4070 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4072 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4073 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4076 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4077 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4078 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4079 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4082 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4085 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4086 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4087 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4092 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4093 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4094 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4095 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4096 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4099 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4100 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4101 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4102 into that array in the event. */
4103 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4104 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4107 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4109 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4110 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4111 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4113 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4115 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4116 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4119 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4120 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4121 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4122 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4123 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4124 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4126 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4127 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4128 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4129 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4132 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4133 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4134 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4135 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4140 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4144 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4146 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4151 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4152 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4154 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4155 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4157 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4158 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4161 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4163 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4165 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4166 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4167 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4168 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4169 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4175 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4177 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4180 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4181 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4182 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4185 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4187 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4189 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4190 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4191 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4195 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4196 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4197 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4200 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4201 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4202 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4205 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4206 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4207 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4210 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4211 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4212 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4216 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4217 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4220 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4221 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4222 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4229 /* Get the slider size. */
4231 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4234 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4235 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4236 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4237 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4241 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4247 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4248 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4249 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4253 #elif defined USE_GTK
4255 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4256 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4259 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4260 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4264 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4266 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4267 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4268 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4270 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4271 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4276 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4277 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4278 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4279 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4281 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4282 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4283 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4284 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4285 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4288 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4289 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4290 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4292 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4293 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4294 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4296 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4297 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4298 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4300 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4301 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4302 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4308 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4309 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4310 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4316 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4319 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4320 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4323 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4327 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4328 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4329 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4336 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4338 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4339 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4340 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4344 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4346 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4348 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4349 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4351 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4354 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4356 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4360 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4362 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4363 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4364 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4365 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4366 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4368 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4370 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4372 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4373 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4374 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4375 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4379 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4380 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4381 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4382 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4383 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4384 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4385 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4388 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4390 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4392 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4393 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4394 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4398 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4400 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4403 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4404 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4406 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4407 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4408 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4409 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4411 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4413 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4414 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4415 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4416 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4419 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4421 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4423 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4424 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4428 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4430 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4433 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4434 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4439 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4442 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4444 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4450 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4451 unsigned long pixel
;
4456 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4457 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4458 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4459 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4460 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4461 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4462 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4463 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4465 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4468 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4472 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4475 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4479 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4480 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4482 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4483 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4485 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4487 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4489 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4491 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4493 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4495 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4498 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4499 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4501 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4502 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4503 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4504 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4506 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4508 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4509 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4510 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4511 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4512 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4513 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4514 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4515 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4517 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4520 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4524 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4527 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4531 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4533 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4534 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4536 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4539 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4540 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4541 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4543 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4546 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4548 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4551 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4552 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4553 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4555 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4559 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4560 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4561 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4562 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4563 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4564 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4566 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4570 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4571 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4572 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4574 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4576 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4579 /* Specify the colors. */
4580 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4583 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4586 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4589 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4595 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4596 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4600 char *val
= initial
;
4601 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4602 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4603 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4605 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4606 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4607 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4608 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4609 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4610 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4614 /* Define callbacks. */
4615 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4616 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4619 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4620 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4622 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4624 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4625 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4626 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4627 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4629 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4630 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4631 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4632 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4636 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4639 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4640 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4644 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4646 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4649 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4651 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4652 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4653 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4655 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4656 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4663 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4664 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4665 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4666 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4667 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4668 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4669 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4670 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4671 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4672 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4673 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4674 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4675 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4676 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4683 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4684 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4687 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4691 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4692 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4694 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4695 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4696 size
= max (size
, 1);
4698 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4699 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4700 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4702 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4704 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4710 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4711 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4715 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4717 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4718 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4719 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4723 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4724 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4725 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4728 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4729 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4731 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4732 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4733 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4734 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4736 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4737 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4740 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4741 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4742 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4744 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4748 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4752 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4754 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4758 /************************************************************************
4759 Scroll bars, general
4760 ************************************************************************/
4762 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4763 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4764 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4767 static struct scroll_bar
*
4768 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4770 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4771 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4772 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4776 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4777 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4778 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4780 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4784 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4785 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4786 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4788 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4789 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4791 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4793 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4795 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4796 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4797 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4798 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4799 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4801 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4803 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4804 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4805 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4807 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4809 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4816 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4818 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4820 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4824 bar
->height
= height
;
4827 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4828 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4830 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4831 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4833 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4834 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4835 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4837 /* Map the window/widget. */
4838 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4841 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4844 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4845 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4847 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4848 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4849 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4850 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4852 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4853 max (height
, 1), 0);
4854 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4855 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4857 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4858 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4859 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4866 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4868 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4870 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4871 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4872 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4875 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4876 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4877 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4878 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4879 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4882 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4883 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4887 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4888 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4889 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4890 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4892 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4894 && start
== bar
->start
4901 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4902 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4903 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4905 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4906 the distance between start and end. */
4908 int length
= end
- start
;
4912 else if (start
> top_range
)
4914 end
= start
+ length
;
4918 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4922 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4926 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4927 if (end
> top_range
)
4930 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4931 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4932 that many pixels tall. */
4933 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4935 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4936 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4938 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4939 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4940 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4941 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4942 inside_width
, start
,
4945 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4946 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4947 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4948 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4950 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4951 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4952 /* x, y, width, height */
4953 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4954 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4955 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4957 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4958 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4959 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4960 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
4962 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4963 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4964 if (end
< inside_height
)
4965 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4966 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4967 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4968 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4969 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4977 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4979 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4983 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4985 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4988 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4990 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
4991 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4992 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4993 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4995 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4998 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4999 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5005 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5006 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5007 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5011 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5013 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5014 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5015 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5016 int window_y
, window_height
;
5017 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5018 int fringe_extended_p
;
5021 /* Get window dimensions. */
5022 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5024 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5025 height
= window_height
;
5027 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5028 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5030 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5031 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5032 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5033 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5037 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5038 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5039 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5040 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5042 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5044 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5045 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5050 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5051 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5052 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5053 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5054 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5055 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5057 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5058 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5059 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5060 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5063 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5064 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5066 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5069 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5070 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5071 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5072 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5075 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5076 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5080 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5084 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5085 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5087 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5091 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5093 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5095 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5097 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5100 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5102 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5103 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5105 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5106 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5107 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5109 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5110 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5111 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5113 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5114 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5117 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5120 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5121 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5123 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5124 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5125 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5127 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5128 max (height
, 1), 0);
5129 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5131 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5133 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5134 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5135 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5137 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5138 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5140 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5141 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5142 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5146 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5147 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5148 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5151 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5152 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5153 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5155 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5156 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5157 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5158 rest
, height
, False
);
5160 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5161 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5165 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5170 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5172 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5174 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5178 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5180 /* Remember new settings. */
5181 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5183 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5184 bar
->height
= height
;
5189 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5190 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5192 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5193 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5194 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5196 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5198 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5201 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5204 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5205 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5206 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5209 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5211 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5215 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5216 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5217 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5218 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5219 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5220 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5221 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5223 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5224 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5225 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5228 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5230 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5231 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5234 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5235 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5236 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5237 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5238 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5239 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5240 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5245 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5246 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5249 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5251 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5254 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5255 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5258 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5260 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5261 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5262 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5264 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5266 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5267 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5269 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5270 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5271 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5273 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5274 one or the other! */
5278 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5280 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5281 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5283 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5285 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5286 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5287 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5290 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5291 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5294 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5296 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5298 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5300 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5301 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5302 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5304 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5306 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5308 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5311 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5314 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5315 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5319 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5320 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5321 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5323 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5327 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5328 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5331 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5332 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5333 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5334 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5338 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5340 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5341 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5342 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5343 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5345 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5346 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5348 /* x, y, width, height */
5350 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5353 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5354 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5355 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5356 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5361 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5363 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5364 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5366 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5371 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5373 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5376 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5377 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5378 emacs_event
->modifiers
5379 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5380 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5381 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5382 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5385 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5386 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5387 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5390 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5391 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5394 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5397 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5398 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5399 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5401 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5403 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5404 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5405 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5406 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5408 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5409 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5411 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5412 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5416 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5417 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5421 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5423 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5425 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5429 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5430 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5433 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5435 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5438 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5440 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5441 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5443 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5444 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5446 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5448 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5450 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5455 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5457 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5458 on the scroll bar. */
5461 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5463 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5464 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5465 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5467 Window dummy_window
;
5469 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5473 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5475 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5477 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5478 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5479 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5481 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5484 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5490 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5492 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5494 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5495 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5499 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5503 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5505 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5506 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5507 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5508 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5509 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5510 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5512 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5514 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5515 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5518 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5521 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5527 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5528 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5529 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5533 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5535 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5538 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5539 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5540 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5541 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5542 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5543 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5544 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5545 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5547 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5551 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5553 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5554 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5555 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5556 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5558 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5559 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5561 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5563 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5564 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5566 static int temp_index
;
5567 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5569 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5570 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5572 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5574 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5575 on a particular display. */
5577 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5579 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5580 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5581 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5582 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5584 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5586 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5589 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5590 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5591 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5592 memcpy (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, &event, size); \
5593 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5594 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5598 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5599 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5609 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5610 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5611 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5613 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5615 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5619 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5621 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5622 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5623 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5626 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5627 event
->xclient
.window
);
5629 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5634 static int current_count
;
5635 static int current_finish
;
5636 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5638 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5639 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5640 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5641 static GdkFilterReturn
5642 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5644 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5647 if (current_count
>= 0)
5649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5651 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5654 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5655 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5656 so we do it here. */
5657 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5659 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5662 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5667 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5670 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5674 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5678 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5679 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5681 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5683 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5686 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5688 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5689 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5690 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5692 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5695 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5698 struct input_event ie
;
5699 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5704 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5705 struct coding_system coding
;
5706 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5708 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5710 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5711 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5714 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5715 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5721 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5722 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5723 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5725 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5726 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5728 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5729 could be the shell widget window
5730 if the frame has no title bar. */
5731 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5733 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5734 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5735 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5737 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5738 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5739 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5740 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5741 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5744 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5745 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5746 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5747 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5750 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5751 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5752 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5755 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5756 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5757 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5759 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5760 /* The ICCCM says this is
5761 the only valid choice. */
5763 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5764 /* This is needed to detect the error
5765 if there is an error. */
5767 x_uncatch_errors ();
5769 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5774 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5775 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5777 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5778 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5779 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5780 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5781 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5782 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5783 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5784 session manager and one for this. */
5786 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5789 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5790 event
.xclient
.window
);
5791 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5792 for a single Emacs process. */
5793 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5794 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5795 event
.xclient
.window
,
5796 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5798 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5799 event
.xclient
.window
,
5805 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5806 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5808 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5809 event
.xclient
.window
);
5811 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5813 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5814 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5821 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5822 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5827 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5828 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5831 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5833 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5834 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5838 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5845 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5846 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5848 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5850 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5854 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5856 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5857 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5858 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5859 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5861 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5862 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5863 currently never do because we are interested in
5864 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5865 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5866 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5869 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5870 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5874 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5875 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5876 we construct an input_event. */
5877 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5878 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5880 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5881 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5884 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5886 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5887 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5888 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5890 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5891 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5892 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5894 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5898 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5900 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5903 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5904 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5908 case SelectionNotify
:
5909 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5910 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5911 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5913 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5914 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5917 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5918 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
5919 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5920 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5922 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5924 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5926 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5927 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5928 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5929 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5930 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5934 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5935 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
5936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5937 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5939 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5941 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5942 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5944 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5945 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5946 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5947 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5949 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5950 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5951 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5955 case PropertyNotify
:
5956 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
5957 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
5958 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
5959 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
5961 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5962 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5965 case ReparentNotify
:
5966 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5970 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5971 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5975 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5976 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5977 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
5982 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5986 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5987 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5988 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5989 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5990 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5993 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5995 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5996 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5997 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5998 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6002 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6003 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6007 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6008 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6010 #if defined USE_LUCID
6011 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6012 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6013 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6016 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6018 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6020 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6022 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6023 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6025 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6026 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6027 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6030 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6031 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6034 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6035 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6039 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6040 source area was obscured or not
6042 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6046 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6047 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6048 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6050 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6053 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6056 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6057 source area was completely
6062 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6063 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6066 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6069 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6070 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6071 the frame was deleted. */
6073 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6074 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6075 display that won't ever be seen. */
6076 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6077 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6078 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6079 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6080 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6081 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6082 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6083 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6085 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6087 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6088 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6094 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6095 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6096 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6099 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6100 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6101 frame is visible. */
6102 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6105 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6106 the frame's display structures.
6107 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6108 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6109 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6110 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6111 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6112 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6114 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6115 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6116 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6117 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6119 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6120 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6121 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6125 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6126 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6128 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6129 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6130 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6131 to update the frame titles
6132 in case this is the second frame. */
6133 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6136 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6143 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6144 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6146 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6147 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6148 if (popup_activated ())
6152 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6154 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6155 mouse highlighting. */
6156 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6158 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6160 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6161 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6164 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6167 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6168 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6169 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6171 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6173 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6174 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6177 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6181 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6182 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6183 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6186 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6187 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6188 status_return even if the input is too long to
6189 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6190 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6191 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6192 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6193 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6194 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6195 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6197 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6201 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6202 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6203 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6205 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6209 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6210 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6211 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6213 /* This will have to go some day... */
6215 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6216 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6217 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6218 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6219 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6220 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6221 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6223 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6224 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6225 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6226 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6227 not it is combined with Meta. */
6228 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6229 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6234 Status status_return
;
6236 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6237 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6238 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6239 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6241 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6243 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6244 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6245 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6246 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6247 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6250 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6251 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6253 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6258 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6259 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6263 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6264 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6267 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6268 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6272 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6273 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6274 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6277 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6278 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6280 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6281 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6283 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6284 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6286 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6287 translations to characters. */
6288 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6289 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6291 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6292 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6296 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6297 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6299 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6300 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6302 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6303 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6307 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6308 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6309 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6313 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6314 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6315 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6316 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6320 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6321 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6322 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6323 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6324 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6325 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6327 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6328 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6330 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6331 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6332 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6333 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6334 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6335 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6337 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6338 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6340 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6341 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6343 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6344 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6346 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6347 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6349 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6350 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6352 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6353 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6355 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6356 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6358 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6359 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6361 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6362 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6364 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6365 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6367 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6370 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6373 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6376 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6377 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6378 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6379 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6380 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6381 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6382 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6383 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6384 don't have real modifiers but
6385 should be treated similarly to
6386 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6387 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6388 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6390 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6391 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6395 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6396 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6398 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6399 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6403 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6408 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6410 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6412 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6415 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6417 /* Decode the input data. */
6421 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6422 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6423 we used just above and the locale. */
6424 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6425 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6426 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6427 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6428 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6429 gives us composition information. */
6430 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6432 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6433 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6434 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6435 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6436 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6437 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6438 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6439 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6442 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6443 character events. */
6444 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6446 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6447 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6449 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6450 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6451 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6452 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6454 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6459 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6461 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6467 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6468 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6476 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6478 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6479 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6487 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6488 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6490 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6492 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6493 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6495 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6496 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6497 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6498 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6500 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6501 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6502 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6503 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6508 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6512 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6513 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6515 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6518 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6520 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6521 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6522 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6523 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6526 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6527 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6528 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6529 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6530 if (any_help_event_p
)
6534 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6535 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6536 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6541 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6546 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6547 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6548 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6550 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6551 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6552 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6554 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6556 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6558 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6559 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6563 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6569 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6570 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6571 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6575 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6576 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6579 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6580 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6581 will be selected only when it is active. */
6582 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6583 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6584 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6585 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6586 create event iff we don't leave the
6588 && (focus_follows_mouse
6589 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6590 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6592 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6593 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6598 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6599 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6603 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6604 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6605 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6606 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6609 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6610 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6612 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6613 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6614 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6617 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6618 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6619 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6620 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6625 case ConfigureNotify
:
6626 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6629 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6630 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6632 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6633 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6639 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6641 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6642 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6644 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6645 is called by the code that handles resizing
6646 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6648 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6649 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6650 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6651 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6652 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6653 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6654 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6656 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6657 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6658 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6661 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6662 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6663 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6667 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6668 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6669 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6670 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6673 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6677 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6678 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6687 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6688 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6691 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6692 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6693 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6695 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6697 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6698 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6700 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6703 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6708 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6709 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6710 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6713 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6714 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6716 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6717 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6719 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6721 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6722 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6723 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6724 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6729 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6730 if (! popup_activated ())
6733 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6735 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6736 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6738 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6739 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6741 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6742 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6745 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6747 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6748 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6749 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6753 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6754 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6755 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6757 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6758 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6760 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6762 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6763 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6765 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6767 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6768 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6771 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6773 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6774 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6777 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6780 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6782 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6783 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6784 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6788 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6789 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6790 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6791 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6792 Instead, save it away
6793 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6794 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6797 ! popup_activated ()
6798 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6799 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6802 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6803 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6804 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6805 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6806 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6807 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6808 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6809 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6811 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6812 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6814 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6817 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6819 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6823 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6824 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6825 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6827 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6829 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6830 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6831 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6836 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6839 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6843 case CirculateNotify
:
6846 case CirculateRequest
:
6849 case VisibilityNotify
:
6853 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6855 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6857 case MappingModifier
:
6858 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6859 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6860 case MappingKeyboard
:
6861 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6866 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6871 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6873 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6874 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6876 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6881 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6883 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6888 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6893 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6899 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6900 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6901 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6905 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6906 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6916 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6917 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6918 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6920 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6922 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6924 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6925 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6927 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6930 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6936 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6937 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6938 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6940 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6941 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6942 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6945 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6948 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6952 int event_found
= 0;
6954 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6956 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6958 pending_signals
= 1;
6963 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6965 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
6969 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6970 input_signal_count
++;
6975 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
6976 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
6978 struct input_event inev
;
6980 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
6981 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
6982 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
6984 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6991 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6992 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6994 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6995 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
6999 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7003 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7006 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7007 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7012 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7013 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7015 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7021 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7022 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7023 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7024 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7026 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7027 from all displays. */
7029 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7031 current_count
= count
;
7032 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7034 gtk_main_iteration ();
7036 count
= current_count
;
7038 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7040 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7043 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7047 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7048 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7051 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7052 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7053 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7055 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7059 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7060 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7062 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7064 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7065 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7069 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7071 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7072 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7074 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7075 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7087 /***********************************************************************
7089 ***********************************************************************/
7091 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7092 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7094 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7095 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7096 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7099 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7101 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7102 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7103 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7105 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7107 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7108 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7109 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7110 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7111 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7113 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7117 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7120 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7122 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7123 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7124 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7127 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7130 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7131 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7132 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7133 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7136 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7137 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7138 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7140 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7141 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7142 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7143 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7144 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7146 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7147 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7148 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7150 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7151 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7152 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7153 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7157 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7159 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7160 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7161 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7165 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7167 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7168 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7170 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7171 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7173 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7174 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7177 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7178 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7179 the bar might not be in the window. */
7180 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7182 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7183 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7184 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7188 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7189 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7190 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7191 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7192 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7195 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7196 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7197 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7198 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7199 that the glyph is legible. */
7200 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7201 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7203 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7204 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7207 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7210 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7211 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7214 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7216 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7219 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7220 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7222 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7224 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7225 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7226 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7227 width
, row
->height
);
7231 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7234 width
= row
->height
;
7236 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7238 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7239 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7241 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7242 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7243 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7244 row
->height
- width
),
7245 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7248 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7253 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7256 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7258 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7259 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7260 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7261 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7265 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7268 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7270 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7271 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7273 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7274 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7275 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7280 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7283 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7285 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7289 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7290 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7292 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7293 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7294 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7295 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7297 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7298 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7302 switch (cursor_type
)
7304 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7305 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7308 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7309 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7313 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7317 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7321 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7330 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7331 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7332 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7337 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7344 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7347 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7351 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7354 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7355 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7356 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7357 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7362 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7363 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7364 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7366 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7367 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7368 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7372 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7373 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7379 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7380 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7383 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7385 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7387 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7391 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7394 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7395 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7399 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7400 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7404 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7405 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7406 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7407 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7408 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7410 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7413 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7414 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7420 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7421 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7424 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, char *icon_name
)
7426 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7431 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7432 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7434 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7435 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7438 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7439 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7440 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7441 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7446 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7448 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7449 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7451 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7452 be called from a signal handler.
7455 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7456 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7458 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7460 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7462 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7463 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7464 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7467 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7469 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7470 x_error_message
->string
,
7471 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7474 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7475 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7478 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7479 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7480 stored in *x_error_message.
7482 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7483 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7485 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7487 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, char *format
);
7490 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7492 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7494 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7498 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7499 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7500 x_error_message
= data
;
7503 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7504 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7507 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7509 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7513 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7514 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7515 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7516 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7518 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7519 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7524 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7525 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7526 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7529 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, char *format
)
7531 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7534 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7536 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7537 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7538 x_uncatch_errors ();
7539 error (format
, string
);
7543 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7544 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7547 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7549 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7552 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7555 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7558 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7560 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7563 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7564 * idea. --lorentey */
7565 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7568 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7570 while (x_error_message
)
7571 x_uncatch_errors ();
7575 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7578 x_catching_errors (void)
7580 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7584 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7587 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7592 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7593 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7594 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7595 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7596 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7599 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7600 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7603 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7604 must reestablish each time */
7605 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7610 /************************************************************************
7612 ************************************************************************/
7614 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7616 static char *error_msg
;
7618 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7619 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7620 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7623 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7625 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7629 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7630 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7633 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, char *error_message
)
7635 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7636 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7637 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7639 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7640 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7641 handling_signal
= 0;
7643 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7644 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7645 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7646 the original message here. */
7647 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7649 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7650 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7654 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7656 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7657 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7660 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7661 that are on the dead display. */
7662 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7664 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7666 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7667 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7668 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7669 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7670 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7671 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7674 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7675 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7676 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7677 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7678 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7679 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7681 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7682 trying to find a replacement. */
7683 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7684 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7687 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7688 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7689 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7691 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7692 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7693 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7695 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7696 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7698 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7699 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7700 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7704 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7705 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7706 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7708 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) (void);
7709 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7710 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7711 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7716 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7717 is the last display/terminal. */
7718 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7720 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7721 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7724 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7727 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7728 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7730 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7731 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7732 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7733 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7738 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7739 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7743 x_uncatch_errors ();
7745 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7747 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7748 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7752 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7754 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7756 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7757 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7759 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7760 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7761 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7762 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7763 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7764 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7767 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7768 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7769 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7771 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7772 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7775 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7777 if (x_error_message
)
7778 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7780 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7784 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7785 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7786 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7788 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7790 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7791 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7796 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7802 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7803 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7805 static void NO_INLINE
7806 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7808 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7810 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7811 or colors that are not defined. */
7813 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7816 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7817 original error handler. */
7819 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7820 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7821 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7822 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7826 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7827 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7828 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7831 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7835 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7836 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7840 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7842 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7843 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7844 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7848 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7850 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7853 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7854 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7855 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7856 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7860 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7861 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7862 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7863 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7864 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7866 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7868 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7869 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7871 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7872 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7873 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7877 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7878 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7881 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7883 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7884 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7885 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7886 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7887 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7892 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7895 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7904 /***********************************************************************
7906 ***********************************************************************/
7912 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7913 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7914 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7917 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7919 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7920 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7924 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7925 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7927 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7928 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7930 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7931 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7935 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7936 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7937 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7941 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7944 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7945 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7948 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7949 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7952 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7960 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7961 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7968 XIMCallback destroy
;
7971 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7972 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7975 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7976 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7977 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7983 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7984 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7988 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7990 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7991 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7992 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7993 when the callback was registered. */
7996 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7998 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7999 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8001 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8005 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8007 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8008 as they have no XIC. */
8009 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8011 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8014 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8016 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8019 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8020 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8022 create_frame_xic (f
);
8023 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8024 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8025 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8027 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8028 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8037 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8040 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8041 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8042 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8043 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8046 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8048 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8052 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8053 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8056 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8057 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8058 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8059 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8060 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8061 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8062 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8063 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8064 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8065 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8066 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8067 least, hence the configure test. */
8068 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8069 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8070 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8071 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8073 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8077 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8080 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8085 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8086 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8087 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8089 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8090 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8091 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8092 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8093 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8094 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8095 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8096 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8098 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8101 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8105 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8106 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8109 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8111 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8113 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8114 is already for the top-left corner. */
8115 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8118 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8119 position that fits on the screen. */
8120 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8121 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8122 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8125 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8127 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8128 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8129 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8131 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8132 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8133 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8134 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8137 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8138 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8140 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8143 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8144 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8145 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8148 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8149 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8150 so the flags should correspond. */
8151 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8154 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8155 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8156 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8157 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8158 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8161 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8163 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8165 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8167 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8168 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8172 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8174 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8176 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8177 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8179 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8182 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8184 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8185 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8187 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8189 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8190 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8191 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8192 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8193 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8196 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8197 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8199 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8200 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8203 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8204 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8205 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8206 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8209 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8210 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8211 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8213 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8214 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8215 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8216 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8217 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8218 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8223 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8224 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8225 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8226 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8227 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8230 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, const char *atomname
)
8233 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8234 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8236 Window wmcheck_window
;
8237 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8238 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8239 long max_len
= 65536;
8240 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8241 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8242 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8247 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8249 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8250 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8251 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8252 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8253 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8255 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8257 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8258 x_uncatch_errors ();
8263 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8266 /* Check if window exists. */
8267 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8269 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8271 x_uncatch_errors ();
8276 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8278 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8279 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8280 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8281 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8282 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8283 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8285 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8286 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8288 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8289 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8290 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8291 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8293 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8295 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8296 x_uncatch_errors ();
8301 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8302 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8303 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8307 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8309 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8310 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8312 x_uncatch_errors ();
8319 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, const char *what
, const char *what2
)
8321 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8322 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8323 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8325 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8327 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8329 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8331 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8337 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8341 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8342 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8343 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8346 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8349 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8351 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8353 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8354 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8356 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8361 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8362 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8363 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8365 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8367 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8368 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8369 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8371 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8373 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8375 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8376 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8378 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8379 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8381 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8382 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8384 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8385 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8389 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8393 return have_net_atom
;
8397 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8399 if (f
->async_visible
)
8402 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8410 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8413 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8414 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8415 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8416 long max_len
= 65536;
8417 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8418 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8419 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8424 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8425 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8426 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8427 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8428 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8430 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8432 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8433 x_uncatch_errors ();
8438 x_uncatch_errors ();
8440 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8442 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8443 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8445 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8446 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8448 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8450 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8452 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8453 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8455 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8457 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8458 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8459 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8466 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8469 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8472 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8475 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8480 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8481 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8483 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8487 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8488 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8490 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8492 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8495 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8496 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8498 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8500 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8501 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8503 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8505 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8506 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8507 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8508 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8509 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8511 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8512 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8514 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8515 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8518 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8520 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8521 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8522 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8527 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8528 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8529 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8530 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8531 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8532 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8533 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8536 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8538 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8540 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8541 window manager window around the frame. */
8543 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8545 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8547 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8552 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8553 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8554 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8556 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8558 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8559 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8561 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8562 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8564 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8567 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8568 frame's position. */
8570 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8574 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8575 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8576 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8577 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8578 of an exact comparison. */
8581 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8585 while (count
++ < 50)
8587 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8589 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8590 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8593 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8594 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8598 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8601 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8602 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8605 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8609 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8610 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8612 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8616 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8618 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8620 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8623 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8624 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8626 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8627 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8629 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8630 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8631 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8632 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8633 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8635 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8637 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8638 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8639 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8641 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8646 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8647 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8649 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8650 break; /* Timeout */
8652 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8653 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8657 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8658 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8659 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8660 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8663 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8665 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8667 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8668 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8669 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8671 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8672 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8673 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8675 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8677 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8678 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8679 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8681 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8682 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8683 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8684 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8687 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8688 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8689 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8690 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8691 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8693 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8694 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8695 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8696 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8698 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8699 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8700 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8701 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8702 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8704 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8707 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8708 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8709 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8710 if (f
->async_visible
)
8711 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8714 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8715 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8716 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8722 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8723 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8724 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8725 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8728 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8732 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8736 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8737 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8738 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8739 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8740 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8741 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8742 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8743 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8744 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8745 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8747 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8749 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8750 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8751 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8752 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8753 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8754 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8755 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8759 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8760 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8762 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8763 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8765 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8767 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8769 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8770 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8772 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8773 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8774 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8775 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8776 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8781 /* Mouse warping. */
8784 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8788 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8789 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8791 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8792 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8794 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8795 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8799 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8800 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8804 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8807 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8811 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8812 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8816 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8819 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8822 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8823 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8824 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8825 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8826 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8831 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8834 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8835 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8836 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8837 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8841 /* Raise frame F. */
8844 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8847 if (f
->async_visible
)
8848 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8850 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8854 /* Lower frame F. */
8857 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8859 if (f
->async_visible
)
8862 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8863 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8868 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8871 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8873 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8874 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8876 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8877 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8880 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8881 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8882 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8884 Fcons (make_number (1),
8885 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8891 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8899 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8902 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8905 unsigned long data
[2];
8907 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
8909 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8912 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
8913 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8917 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8921 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8922 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8923 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8924 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8925 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
8926 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
8927 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8928 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8929 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8931 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8932 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8933 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8936 /* Change of visibility. */
8938 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8939 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8940 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8941 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8942 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8943 finishes with it. */
8946 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8949 int original_top
, original_left
;
8950 int retry_count
= 2;
8956 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8958 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8960 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8962 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8963 call x_set_offset a second time
8964 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8965 before the window gets really visible. */
8966 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8967 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8968 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8969 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8971 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8973 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8974 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8975 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8976 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8977 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8980 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8981 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8983 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8985 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8986 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8988 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8989 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8991 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8992 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8993 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8996 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8998 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8999 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9000 so that incoming events are handled. */
9004 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9005 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9006 will set it when they are handled. */
9007 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9009 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9010 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9012 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9015 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9017 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9018 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9019 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9020 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9022 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9023 because the window manager may choose the position
9024 and we don't want to override it. */
9026 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9027 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9028 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9029 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9030 && previously_visible
)
9034 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9038 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9039 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9040 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9041 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9042 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9043 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9044 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9045 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9046 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9048 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9049 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9050 original_left
, original_top
);
9055 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9057 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9058 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9059 MapNotify at all.. */
9060 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9061 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9063 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9066 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9067 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9068 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9069 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9070 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9072 if (input_polling_used ())
9074 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9075 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9076 handler reset it. */
9077 extern void poll_for_input_1 (void);
9078 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9079 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9080 poll_for_input_1 ();
9081 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9084 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9085 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9090 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9094 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9095 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9096 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9097 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9099 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9104 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9106 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9109 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9113 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9114 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9116 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9117 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9118 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9122 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9123 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9124 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9125 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9126 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9127 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9130 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9131 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9134 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9135 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9140 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9141 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9143 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9144 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9148 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9149 just by the event that we get from the server.
9150 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9151 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9152 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9154 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9155 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9156 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9163 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9166 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9171 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9172 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9173 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9175 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9180 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9182 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9184 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9187 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9189 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9190 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9192 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9195 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9196 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9202 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9204 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9206 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9207 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9208 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9209 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9210 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9211 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9212 so we have to record it here. */
9215 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9216 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9221 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9222 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9223 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9227 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9229 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9230 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9234 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9236 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9238 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9239 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9240 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9241 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9242 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9243 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9245 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9246 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9248 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9249 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9253 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9254 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9255 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9256 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9257 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9259 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9260 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9262 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9265 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9266 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9270 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9272 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9274 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9276 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9277 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9280 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9281 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9283 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9285 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9289 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9292 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9296 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9300 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9301 commands to the X server. */
9302 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9304 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9305 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9307 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9308 free_frame_faces (f
);
9310 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9311 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9313 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9314 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9315 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9316 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9317 toolkit scroll bars. */
9318 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9320 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9321 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9330 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9331 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9333 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9334 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9336 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9337 we are using a toolkit. */
9338 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9339 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9341 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9342 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9345 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9346 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9347 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9349 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9350 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9351 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9353 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9355 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9356 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9357 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9359 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9360 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9361 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9362 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9363 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9364 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9366 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9367 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9368 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9369 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9370 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9371 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9372 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9373 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9374 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9375 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9376 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9377 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9378 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9379 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9380 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9383 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9386 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9387 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9388 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9390 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9391 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9392 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9393 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9394 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9395 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9397 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9399 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9400 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9401 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9402 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9403 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9404 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9405 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9412 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9415 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9417 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9419 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9420 commands to the X server. */
9421 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9422 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9424 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9428 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9430 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9431 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9432 that the window now has.
9433 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9434 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9435 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9439 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9444 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9445 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9447 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9448 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9450 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9451 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9453 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9454 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9456 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9457 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9458 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9459 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9460 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9461 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9463 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9465 int base_width
, base_height
;
9466 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9468 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9469 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9471 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9473 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9474 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9475 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9476 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9477 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9479 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9480 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9481 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9483 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9484 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9485 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9486 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9487 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9490 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9493 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9498 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9499 long supplied_return
;
9502 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9506 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9511 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9512 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9513 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9514 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9515 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9516 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9517 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9518 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9525 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9526 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9530 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9531 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9533 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9535 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9537 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9539 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9542 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9544 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9547 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9548 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9549 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9550 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9552 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9553 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9555 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9556 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9560 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9562 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9564 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9565 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9570 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9571 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9572 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9573 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9577 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9585 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9589 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9593 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9594 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9595 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9596 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9599 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9601 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9602 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9604 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9608 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9610 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9612 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9613 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9614 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9616 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9620 /***********************************************************************
9622 ***********************************************************************/
9626 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9630 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9636 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9637 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9638 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9641 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9644 /***********************************************************************
9646 ***********************************************************************/
9648 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9649 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9650 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9651 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9653 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9654 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9655 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9657 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9658 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9659 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9660 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9661 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9662 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9663 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9666 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9668 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9670 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9672 static int x_initialized
;
9675 static int x_session_initialized
;
9678 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9679 the screen number from the server number. */
9681 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9684 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9685 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9686 int length_until_period
= 0;
9688 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9689 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9690 length_until_period
++;
9692 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9693 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9695 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9697 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9698 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9699 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9700 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9701 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9702 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9703 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9704 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9705 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9706 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9707 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9708 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9709 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9710 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9712 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9716 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9720 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9721 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9724 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9725 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9728 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9749 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9750 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9753 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9758 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9760 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9768 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9770 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9771 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9775 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9776 the structure that describes the open display.
9777 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9779 struct x_display_info
*
9780 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9784 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9785 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9796 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9797 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9803 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9804 char **argv2
= argv
;
9807 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9809 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9813 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9817 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9819 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9821 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
9822 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9825 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
9826 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9828 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9830 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9831 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9832 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9833 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9834 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9835 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9837 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9841 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9843 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9844 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9846 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9848 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9849 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9851 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9852 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9854 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9855 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9858 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9859 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9862 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9863 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9864 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9866 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9867 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9868 So let's not use it until R6. */
9870 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9881 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9882 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9884 turn_on_atimers (0);
9885 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9886 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9887 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9889 turn_on_atimers (1);
9892 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9897 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9898 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9899 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9900 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9901 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9903 /* Detect failure. */
9910 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9912 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9913 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9915 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9918 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9921 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9922 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9923 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9924 SDATA (display_name
)))
9927 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9930 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
9931 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9932 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
9934 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9935 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9936 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9937 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9938 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9940 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9942 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9944 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9945 list of terminals. */
9946 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9947 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9948 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9949 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9951 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9952 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9954 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
9955 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9956 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
9958 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9959 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9963 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9964 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9965 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9966 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9967 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9969 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9972 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9973 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9974 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
9976 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
9977 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
9978 x_display_name_list
);
9979 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
9981 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
9983 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
9984 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
9985 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
9986 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
9989 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
9993 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
9994 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
9996 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
9997 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
9999 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10000 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10002 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10004 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10005 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10006 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10008 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10009 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10011 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10012 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10013 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10014 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10016 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10018 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10020 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10022 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10023 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10024 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10025 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10026 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10027 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10028 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10029 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10030 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10031 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10032 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10033 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10034 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10035 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10036 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10037 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10038 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10039 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10040 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10041 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10042 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10043 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10044 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10045 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10046 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10047 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10048 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10049 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10051 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10052 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10053 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10055 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10057 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10058 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10059 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10060 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10061 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10062 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10065 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10066 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10068 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10071 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10072 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10073 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10075 if (STRINGP (value
)
10076 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10077 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10078 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10082 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10083 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10087 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10088 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10089 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10090 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10091 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10093 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10095 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10096 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10100 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10102 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10103 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10104 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10105 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10106 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10107 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10108 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10109 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10110 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10113 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10114 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10115 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10116 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10117 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10118 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10119 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10120 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10121 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10122 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10123 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10124 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10125 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10126 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10127 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10128 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10129 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10130 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10131 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10132 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10133 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10134 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10135 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10136 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10137 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10138 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10139 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10140 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10141 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10142 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10143 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10144 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10145 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10146 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10147 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10148 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10149 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10150 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10151 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10152 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10153 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10154 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10155 /* For properties of font. */
10156 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10157 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10158 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10159 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10160 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10161 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10162 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10163 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10164 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10165 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10167 /* Ghostscript support. */
10168 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10169 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10171 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10174 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10177 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10178 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10179 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10180 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10181 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10182 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10183 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10184 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10185 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10186 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10187 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10188 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10189 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10190 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10191 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
10192 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", False
);
10193 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
10194 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_NAME", False
);
10196 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10198 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10199 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10200 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10201 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10203 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10204 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10205 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10207 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10208 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10211 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10212 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10214 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10216 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10217 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10221 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10224 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10226 #ifdef subprocesses
10227 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10228 if (connection
!= 0)
10229 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10233 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10234 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10237 if (interrupt_input
)
10238 init_sigio (connection
);
10239 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10243 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10244 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10247 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10248 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10249 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10250 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10251 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10252 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10253 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10254 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10256 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10257 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10258 x_uncatch_errors ();
10262 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10263 for debugging X code. */
10266 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10267 build_string ("synchronous"),
10268 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10270 if (STRINGP (value
)
10271 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10272 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10273 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10278 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10279 build_string ("useXIM"),
10280 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10283 if (STRINGP (value
)
10284 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10285 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10288 if (STRINGP (value
)
10289 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10290 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10296 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10297 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10299 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10300 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10308 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10309 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10312 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10314 struct terminal
*t
;
10316 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10318 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10319 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10322 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10323 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10324 x_session_close ();
10326 delete_terminal (t
);
10330 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10332 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10333 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10334 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10335 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10336 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10341 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10342 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10344 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10346 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10349 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10353 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10354 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10356 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10357 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10360 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10362 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10363 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10364 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10367 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10368 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10369 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10373 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10375 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10376 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10377 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10378 that slows us down. */
10381 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10382 struct atimer
*timer
;
10385 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10386 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10388 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10389 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10390 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10391 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10396 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10397 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10398 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10399 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10400 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10401 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10402 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10405 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10408 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10410 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10412 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10413 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10414 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10419 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10422 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10424 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10426 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10428 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10432 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10434 x_after_update_window_line
,
10435 x_update_window_begin
,
10436 x_update_window_end
,
10442 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10444 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10445 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10446 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10447 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10448 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10449 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10450 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10451 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10452 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10453 x_clear_frame_area
,
10454 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10455 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10456 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10460 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10462 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10464 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10466 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10467 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10468 if (!terminal
->name
)
10473 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10476 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10479 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10480 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10481 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10483 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10484 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10486 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10487 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10488 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10489 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10491 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10492 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10493 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10494 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10495 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10496 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10497 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10498 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10499 leaks in other situations. */
10501 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10502 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10504 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10506 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10507 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10508 closing all the displays. */
10509 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10513 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10515 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10516 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10518 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10520 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10523 /* Mark as dead. */
10524 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10525 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10529 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10530 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10532 static struct terminal
*
10533 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10535 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10537 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10539 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10540 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10541 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10543 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10545 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10546 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10547 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10548 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10549 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10550 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10551 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10552 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10553 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10554 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10555 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10556 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10557 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10558 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10559 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10560 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10561 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10562 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10563 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10564 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10566 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10567 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10569 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10570 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10571 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10572 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10573 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10574 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10581 x_initialize (void)
10586 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10587 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10588 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10590 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10594 current_count
= -1;
10597 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10598 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10600 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10601 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10603 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10605 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10606 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10607 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10608 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10609 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10610 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10611 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10613 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10616 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10618 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10619 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10623 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10624 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10625 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10627 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10628 original error handler. */
10629 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10630 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10632 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10634 xgselect_initialize ();
10639 syms_of_xterm (void)
10641 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10643 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10644 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10646 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10647 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10649 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10650 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10652 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10653 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10655 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10656 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10659 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10660 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10662 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10663 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10666 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10667 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10668 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10669 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10670 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10671 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10672 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10674 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10676 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10677 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10678 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10679 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10680 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10681 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10682 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10684 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10685 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10686 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10687 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10688 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10689 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10690 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10691 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10692 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10694 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10695 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10696 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10697 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10698 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10700 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10701 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10702 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10704 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10706 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10709 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10712 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10713 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10715 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10716 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10717 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10718 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10719 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10720 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10721 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10722 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10723 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10725 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10726 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10727 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10728 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10729 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10730 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10732 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10733 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10734 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10735 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10736 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10737 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10739 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10740 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10741 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10742 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10743 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10744 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10746 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10747 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10748 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10749 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10750 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10751 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10753 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10754 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10755 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10756 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10757 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10761 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10763 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10764 (do not change this comment) */